xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision e99cb2da)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 **
620 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
621 **
622 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
623 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
624 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
625 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
626 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
627 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
628 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
629 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
630 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
631 */
632 struct Pager {
633   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
634   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
635   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
636   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
637   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
638   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
639   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
640   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
641   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
642   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
643   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
644   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
645   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
646 
647   /**************************************************************************
648   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
649   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
650   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
651   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
652   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
653   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
654   ** "configuration" of the pager.
655   */
656   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
657   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
658   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
659   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
660   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
661   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
662   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
663   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
664   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
665   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
666   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
667   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
668   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
669   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
670   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
671   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
672   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
673   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
674   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
675   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
676   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
677   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
678   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
679   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
680   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
681   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
682   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
683 
684   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
685   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
686   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
687   /*
688   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
689   ***************************************************************************/
690 
691   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
692   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
693   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
694   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
695   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
696   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
697   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
698   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
699   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
700   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
701   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
702   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
703 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
704   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
705 #endif
706   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
707   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
708 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
709   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
710   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
711   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
712   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
713 #endif
714   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
715   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
716 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
717   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
718   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
719 #endif
720 };
721 
722 /*
723 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
724 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
725 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
726 */
727 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
728 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
729 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
730 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
731 
732 /*
733 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
734 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
735 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
736 */
737 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
738 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
739 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
740 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
741 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
742 #else
743 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
744 #endif
745 
746 
747 
748 /*
749 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
750 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
751 **
752 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
753 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
754 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
755 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
756 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
757 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
758 ** journal and ignore it.
759 **
760 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
761 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
762 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
763 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
764 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
765 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
766 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
767 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
768 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
769 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
770 */
771 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
772   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
773 };
774 
775 /*
776 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
777 ** the following macro.
778 */
779 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
780 
781 /*
782 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
783 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
784 */
785 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
786 
787 /*
788 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
789 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
790 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
791 ** out code that would never execute.
792 */
793 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
794 # define MEMDB 0
795 #else
796 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
797 #endif
798 
799 /*
800 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
801 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
802 */
803 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
804 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
805 #else
806 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
807 #endif
808 
809 /*
810 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
811 */
812 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
813 
814 /*
815 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
816 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
817 **
818 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
819 **
820 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
821 **
822 ** instead of
823 **
824 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
825 */
826 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
827 
828 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
829 /*
830 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
831 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
832 **
833 **   * the database file is open,
834 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
835 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
836 */
837 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
838   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
839   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
840 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
841   if( pPager->xCodec!=0 ) return 0;
842 #endif
843 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
844   if( pPager->pWal ){
845     u32 iRead = 0;
846     int rc;
847     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
848     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
849   }
850 #endif
851   return 1;
852 }
853 #endif
854 
855 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
856 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
857 #else
858 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
859 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
860 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
861 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
862 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
863 #endif
864 
865 #ifndef NDEBUG
866 /*
867 ** Usage:
868 **
869 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
870 **
871 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
872 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
873 */
874 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
875   Pager *pPager = p;
876 
877   /* State must be valid. */
878   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
879        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
880        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
881        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
882        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
883        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
884        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
885   );
886 
887   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
888   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
889   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
890   */
891   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
892   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
893 
894   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
895   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
896   */
897   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
898   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
899 
900   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
901   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
902   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
903   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
904   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
905   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
906   ** state.
907   */
908   if( MEMDB ){
909     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
910     assert( p->noSync );
911     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
912          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
913     );
914     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
915     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
916   }
917 
918   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
919   ** on the file.
920   */
921   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
922   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
923 
924   switch( p->eState ){
925     case PAGER_OPEN:
926       assert( !MEMDB );
927       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
928       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
929       break;
930 
931     case PAGER_READER:
932       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
933       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
934       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
935       break;
936 
937     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
938       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
939       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
940       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
941         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
942       }
943       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
944       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
945       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
946       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
947       break;
948 
949     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
950       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
951       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
952       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
953         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
954         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
955         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
956         ** to journal_mode=wal.
957         */
958         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
959         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
960              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
961              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
962         );
963       }
964       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
965       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
966       break;
967 
968     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
969       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
970       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
971       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
972       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
973       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
974            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
975            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
976            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
977       );
978       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
979       break;
980 
981     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
982       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
983       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
984       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
985       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
986            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
987            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
988            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
989       );
990       break;
991 
992     case PAGER_ERROR:
993       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
994       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
995       ** back to OPEN state.
996       */
997       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
998       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
999       break;
1000   }
1001 
1002   return 1;
1003 }
1004 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
1005 
1006 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1007 /*
1008 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
1009 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
1010 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
1011 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
1012 **
1013 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
1014 **
1015 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
1016 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
1017 ** not appear in normal builds.
1018 */
1019 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
1020   static char zRet[1024];
1021 
1022   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
1023       "Filename:      %s\n"
1024       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1025       "Lock:          %s\n"
1026       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1027       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1028       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1029       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1030       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1031       , p->zFilename
1032       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1033         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1034         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1035         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1036         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1037         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1038         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1039       , (int)p->errCode
1040       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1041         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1042         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1043         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1044         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1045       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1046       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1047         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1048         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1049         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1050         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1051         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1052       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1053       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1054       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1055   );
1056 
1057   return zRet;
1058 }
1059 #endif
1060 
1061 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1062 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1063 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1064 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1065 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1066 #endif
1067 
1068 /*
1069 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1070 ** content from the pager.
1071 */
1072 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1073   if( pPager->errCode ){
1074     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1075 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1076   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager)
1077 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
1078    && pPager->xCodec==0
1079 #endif
1080   ){
1081     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1082 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1083   }else{
1084     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1085   }
1086 }
1087 
1088 /*
1089 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1090 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1091 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1092 **
1093 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1094 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1095 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1096 */
1097 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1098   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1099   PagerSavepoint *p;
1100   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1101   int i;
1102   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1103     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1104     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1105       return 1;
1106     }
1107   }
1108   return 0;
1109 }
1110 
1111 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1112 /*
1113 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1114 */
1115 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1116   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1117 }
1118 #endif
1119 
1120 /*
1121 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1122 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1123 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1124 **
1125 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1126 */
1127 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1128   unsigned char ac[4];
1129   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1130   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1131     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1132   }
1133   return rc;
1134 }
1135 
1136 /*
1137 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1138 */
1139 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1140 
1141 
1142 /*
1143 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1144 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1145 */
1146 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1147   char ac[4];
1148   put32bits(ac, val);
1149   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1150 }
1151 
1152 /*
1153 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1154 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1155 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1156 **
1157 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1158 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1159 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1160 */
1161 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1162   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1163 
1164   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1165   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1166   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1167   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1168     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1169     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1170     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1171       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1172     }
1173     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1174   }
1175   return rc;
1176 }
1177 
1178 /*
1179 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1180 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1181 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1182 **
1183 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1184 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1185 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1186 ** of this.
1187 */
1188 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1189   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1190 
1191   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1192   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1193     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1194     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1195       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1196       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1197     }
1198   }
1199   return rc;
1200 }
1201 
1202 /*
1203 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1204 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1205 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1206 **
1207 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1208 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1209 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1210 **      to the page size.
1211 **
1212 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1213 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1214 **
1215 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1216 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1217 ** returned in this case.
1218 **
1219 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1220 */
1221 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1222   assert( !MEMDB );
1223 
1224 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1225  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1226   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1227 
1228   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1229   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1230 #else
1231   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1232 #endif
1233 
1234 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1235   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1236     return -1;
1237   }
1238 #endif
1239 
1240 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1241   {
1242     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1243     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1244 
1245     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1246     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1247     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1248       return 0;
1249     }
1250   }
1251 
1252   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1253 #endif
1254 
1255   return 0;
1256 }
1257 
1258 /*
1259 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1260 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1261 ** and debugging only.
1262 */
1263 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1264 /*
1265 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1266 */
1267 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1268   u32 hash = 0;
1269   int i;
1270   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1271     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1272   }
1273   return hash;
1274 }
1275 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1276   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1277 }
1278 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1279   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1280 }
1281 
1282 /*
1283 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1284 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1285 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1286 */
1287 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1288 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1289   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1290   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1291   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1292 }
1293 
1294 #else
1295 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1296 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1297 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1298 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1299 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1300 
1301 /*
1302 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1303 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1304 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1305 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1306 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1307 **
1308 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1309 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1310 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1311 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1312 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1313 ** were present in the journal.
1314 **
1315 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1316 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1317 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1318 ** journal file name.
1319 **
1320 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1321 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1322 **
1323 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1324 ** error code is returned.
1325 */
1326 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1327   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1328   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1329   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1330   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1331   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1332   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1333   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1334 
1335   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1336    || szJ<16
1337    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1338    || len>=nMaster
1339    || len>szJ-16
1340    || len==0
1341    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1342    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1343    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1344    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1345   ){
1346     return rc;
1347   }
1348 
1349   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1350   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1351     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1352   }
1353   if( cksum ){
1354     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1355     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1356     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1357     ** master-journal filename.
1358     */
1359     len = 0;
1360   }
1361   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1362   zMaster[len+1] = '\0';
1363 
1364   return SQLITE_OK;
1365 }
1366 
1367 /*
1368 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1369 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1370 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1371 **
1372 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1373 **
1374 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1375 **   ---------------------------------------
1376 **   0                         0
1377 **   512                       512
1378 **   100                       512
1379 **   2000                      2048
1380 **
1381 */
1382 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1383   i64 offset = 0;
1384   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1385   if( c ){
1386     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1387   }
1388   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1389   assert( offset>=c );
1390   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1391   return offset;
1392 }
1393 
1394 /*
1395 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1396 **
1397 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1398 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1399 **
1400 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1401 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1402 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1403 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1404 ** after writing or truncating it.
1405 **
1406 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1407 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1408 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1409 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1410 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1411 **
1412 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1413 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1414 */
1415 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1416   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1417   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1418   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1419   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1420     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1421 
1422     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1423     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1424       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1425     }else{
1426       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1427       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1428     }
1429     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1430       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1431     }
1432 
1433     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1434     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1435     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1436     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1437     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1438     */
1439     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1440       i64 sz;
1441       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1442       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1443         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1444       }
1445     }
1446   }
1447   return rc;
1448 }
1449 
1450 /*
1451 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1452 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1453 ** current location.
1454 **
1455 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1456 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1457 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1458 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1459 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1460 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1461 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1462 **
1463 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1464 */
1465 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1466   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1467   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1468   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1469   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1470   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1471 
1472   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1473 
1474   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1475     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1476   }
1477 
1478   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1479   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1480   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1481   */
1482   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1483     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1484       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1485     }
1486   }
1487 
1488   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1489 
1490   /*
1491   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1492   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1493   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1494   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1495   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1496   **
1497   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1498   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1499   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1500   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1501   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1502   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1503   **
1504   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1505   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1506   **
1507   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1508   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1509   */
1510   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1511   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1512    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1513   ){
1514     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1515     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1516   }else{
1517     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1518   }
1519 
1520   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1521   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1522   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1523   /* The initial database size */
1524   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1525   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1526   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1527 
1528   /* The page size */
1529   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1530 
1531   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1532   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1533   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1534   ** take the performance hit.
1535   */
1536   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1537          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1538 
1539   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1540   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1541   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1542   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1543   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1544   **
1545   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1546   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1547   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1548   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1549   ** is done.
1550   **
1551   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1552   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1553   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1554   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1555   */
1556   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1557     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1558     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1559     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1560     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1561   }
1562 
1563   return rc;
1564 }
1565 
1566 /*
1567 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1568 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1569 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1570 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1571 ** a description of the journal header format.
1572 **
1573 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1574 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1575 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1576 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1577 ** in this case.
1578 **
1579 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1580 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1581 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1582 */
1583 static int readJournalHdr(
1584   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1585   int isHot,
1586   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1587   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1588   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1589 ){
1590   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1591   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1592   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1593 
1594   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1595 
1596   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1597   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1598   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1599   */
1600   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1601   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1602     return SQLITE_DONE;
1603   }
1604   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1605 
1606   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1607   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1608   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1609   ** proceed.
1610   */
1611   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1612     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1613     if( rc ){
1614       return rc;
1615     }
1616     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1617       return SQLITE_DONE;
1618     }
1619   }
1620 
1621   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1622   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1623   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1624   */
1625   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1626    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1627    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1628   ){
1629     return rc;
1630   }
1631 
1632   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1633     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1634     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1635 
1636     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1637     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1638      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1639     ){
1640       return rc;
1641     }
1642 
1643     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1644     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1645     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1646     */
1647     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1648       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1649     }
1650 
1651     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1652     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1653     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1654     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1655     */
1656     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1657      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1658      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1659     ){
1660       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1661       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1662       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1663       ** the journal file here.
1664       */
1665       return SQLITE_DONE;
1666     }
1667 
1668     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1669     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1670     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1671     */
1672     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1673     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1674 
1675     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1676     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1677     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1678     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1679     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1680     */
1681     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1682   }
1683 
1684   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1685   return rc;
1686 }
1687 
1688 
1689 /*
1690 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1691 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1692 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1693 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1694 ** anything is written. The format is:
1695 **
1696 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1697 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1698 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1699 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1700 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1701 **
1702 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1703 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1704 **
1705 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1706 ** this call is a no-op.
1707 */
1708 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1709   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1710   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1711   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1712   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1713   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1714 
1715   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1716   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1717 
1718   if( !zMaster
1719    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1720    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1721   ){
1722     return SQLITE_OK;
1723   }
1724   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1725   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1726 
1727   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1728   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1729     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1730   }
1731 
1732   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1733   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1734   ** the journal has already been synced.
1735   */
1736   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1737     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1738   }
1739   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1740 
1741   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1742   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1743   */
1744   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1745    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1746    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1747    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1748    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1749                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1750   ){
1751     return rc;
1752   }
1753   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1754 
1755   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1756   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1757   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1758   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1759   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1760   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1761   **
1762   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1763   ** file to the required size.
1764   */
1765   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1766    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1767   ){
1768     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1769   }
1770   return rc;
1771 }
1772 
1773 /*
1774 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1775 */
1776 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1777   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1778   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1779   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1780 }
1781 
1782 /*
1783 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1784 */
1785 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1786   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1787 }
1788 
1789 /*
1790 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1791 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1792 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1793 */
1794 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1795   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1796   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1797     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1798   }
1799   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1800     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1801   }
1802   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1803   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1804   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1805   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1806 }
1807 
1808 /*
1809 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1810 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1811 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1812 */
1813 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1814   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1815   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1816 
1817   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1818     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1819     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1820       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1821       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1822       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1823     }
1824   }
1825   return rc;
1826 }
1827 
1828 /*
1829 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1830 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1831 ** state.
1832 **
1833 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1834 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1835 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1836 ** closed (if it is open).
1837 **
1838 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1839 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1840 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1841 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1842 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1843 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1844 */
1845 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1846 
1847   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1848        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1849        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1850   );
1851 
1852   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1853   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1854   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1855 
1856   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1857     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1858     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1859     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1860   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1861     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1862     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1863 
1864     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1865     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1866     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1867     ** out from under us.
1868     */
1869     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1870     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1871     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1872     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1873     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1874     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1875     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1876      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1877     ){
1878       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1879     }
1880 
1881     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1882     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1883     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1884     ** is necessary.
1885     */
1886     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1887     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1888       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1889     }
1890 
1891     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1892     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1893     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1894     */
1895     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1896     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1897     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1898   }
1899 
1900   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1901   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1902   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1903   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1904   */
1905   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1906   if( pPager->errCode ){
1907     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1908       pager_reset(pPager);
1909       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1910       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1911     }else{
1912       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1913     }
1914     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1915     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1916     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1917   }
1918 
1919   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1920   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1921   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1922 }
1923 
1924 /*
1925 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1926 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1927 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1928 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1929 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1930 **
1931 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1932 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1933 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1934 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1935 **
1936 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1937 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1938 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1939 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1940 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1941 ** it were a hot-journal).
1942 */
1943 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1944   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1945   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1946   assert(
1947        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1948        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1949        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1950   );
1951   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1952     pPager->errCode = rc;
1953     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1954     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1955   }
1956   return rc;
1957 }
1958 
1959 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1960 
1961 /*
1962 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1963 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1964 **
1965 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1966 **
1967 ** Rules:
1968 **
1969 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1970 **      for transactions to be durable.
1971 **
1972 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1973 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1974 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1975 **      cache size.
1976 */
1977 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1978   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1979   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1980   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1981   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1982 }
1983 
1984 /*
1985 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1986 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1987 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1988 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1989 ** database transaction.
1990 **
1991 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1992 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1993 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1994 **
1995 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1996 **
1997 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1998 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1999 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
2000 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
2001 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
2002 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
2003 **
2004 **   journalMode==MEMORY
2005 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
2006 **     in-memory journal.
2007 **
2008 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
2009 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
2010 **
2011 **   journalMode==PERSIST
2012 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
2013 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
2014 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
2015 **
2016 **   journalMode==DELETE
2017 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
2018 **
2019 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
2020 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
2021 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
2022 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
2023 **
2024 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
2025 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2026 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2027 **
2028 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2029 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2030 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2031 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2032 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2033 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2034 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2035 ** returned.
2036 */
2037 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
2038   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2039   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2040 
2041   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2042   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2043   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2044   ** held under two circumstances:
2045   **
2046   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2047   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2048   **
2049   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2050   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2051   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2052   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2053   */
2054   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2055   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2056   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2057     return SQLITE_OK;
2058   }
2059 
2060   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2061   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2062       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2063   );
2064   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2065     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2066 
2067     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2068     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2069       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2070       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2071     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2072       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2073         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2074       }else{
2075         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2076         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2077           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2078           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2079           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2080           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2081           */
2082           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2083         }
2084       }
2085       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2086     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2087       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2088     ){
2089       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2090       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2091     }else{
2092       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2093       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2094       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2095       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2096       */
2097       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2098       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2099       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2100            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2101            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2102       );
2103       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2104       if( bDelete ){
2105         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2106       }
2107     }
2108   }
2109 
2110 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2111   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2112   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2113     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2114     if( p ){
2115       p->pageHash = 0;
2116       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2117     }
2118   }
2119 #endif
2120 
2121   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2122   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2123   pPager->nRec = 0;
2124   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2125     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2126       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2127     }else{
2128       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2129     }
2130     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2131   }
2132 
2133   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2134     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2135     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2136     ** lock held on the database file.
2137     */
2138     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2139     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2140   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2141     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2142     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2143     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2144     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2145     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2146     ** required size.  */
2147     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2148     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2149   }
2150 
2151   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2152     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2153     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2154   }
2155 
2156   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2157    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2158   ){
2159     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2160     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2161   }
2162   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2163   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2164 
2165   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2166 }
2167 
2168 /*
2169 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2170 ** database file.
2171 **
2172 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2173 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2174 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2175 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2176 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2177 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2178 ** will roll it back.
2179 **
2180 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2181 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2182 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2183 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2184 */
2185 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2186   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2187     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2188     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2189       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2190       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2191       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2192     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2193       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2194       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2195     }
2196   }
2197   pager_unlock(pPager);
2198 }
2199 
2200 /*
2201 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2202 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2203 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2204 **
2205 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2206 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2207 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2208 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2209 **
2210 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2211 ** incompatible journal file format.
2212 **
2213 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2214 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2215 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2216 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2217 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2218 */
2219 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2220   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2221   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2222   while( i>0 ){
2223     cksum += aData[i];
2224     i -= 200;
2225   }
2226   return cksum;
2227 }
2228 
2229 /*
2230 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2231 ** to the codec.
2232 */
2233 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2234 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2235   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2236     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2237                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2238   }
2239 }
2240 #else
2241 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2242 #endif
2243 
2244 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2245 /*
2246 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2247 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2248 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2249 */
2250 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2251   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2252     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2253     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2254   }
2255 }
2256 #endif
2257 
2258 /*
2259 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2260 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2261 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2262 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2263 **
2264 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2265 ** not.
2266 **
2267 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2268 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2269 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2270 **
2271 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2272 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2273 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2274 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2275 ** prior to returning.
2276 **
2277 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2278 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2279 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2280 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2281 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2282 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2283 ** two circumstances:
2284 **
2285 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2286 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2287 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2288 **
2289 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2290 **
2291 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2292 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2293 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2294 */
2295 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2296   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2297   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2298   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2299   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2300   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2301 ){
2302   int rc;
2303   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2304   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2305   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2306   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2307   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2308   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2309 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2310   /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through
2311   ** the codec.  It is false for pure in-memory journals. */
2312   const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0);
2313 #endif
2314 
2315   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2316   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2317   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2318   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2319 
2320   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2321   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2322   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2323 
2324   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2325   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2326   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2327   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2328   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2329   */
2330   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2331        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2332   );
2333   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2334 
2335   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2336   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2337   */
2338   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2339   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2340   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2341   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2342   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2343   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2344 
2345   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2346   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2347   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2348   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2349   */
2350   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2351     assert( !isSavepnt );
2352     return SQLITE_DONE;
2353   }
2354   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2355     return SQLITE_OK;
2356   }
2357   if( isMainJrnl ){
2358     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2359     if( rc ) return rc;
2360     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2361       return SQLITE_DONE;
2362     }
2363   }
2364 
2365   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2366   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2367   */
2368   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2369     return rc;
2370   }
2371 
2372   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2373   */
2374   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2375     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2376     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2377   }
2378 
2379   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2380   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2381   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2382   **
2383   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2384   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2385   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2386   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2387   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2388   ** assert()able.
2389   **
2390   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2391   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2392   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2393   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2394   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2395   **
2396   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2397   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2398   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2399   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2400   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2401   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2402   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2403   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2404   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2405   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2406   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2407   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2408   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2409   **
2410   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2411   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2412   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2413   */
2414   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2415     pPg = 0;
2416   }else{
2417     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2418   }
2419   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2420   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2421   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2422            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2423            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2424   ));
2425   if( isMainJrnl ){
2426     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2427   }else{
2428     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2429   }
2430   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2431    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2432    && isSynced
2433   ){
2434     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2435     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2436     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2437 
2438     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2439     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2440     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2441     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2442     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2443     ** file.  */
2444 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2445     if( !jrnlEnc ){
2446       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2447       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2448       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2449     }else
2450 #endif
2451     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2452 
2453     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2454       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2455     }
2456     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2457 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2458       if( jrnlEnc ){
2459         CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2460         sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2461         CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData);
2462       }else
2463 #endif
2464       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2465     }
2466   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2467     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2468     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2469     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2470     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2471     ** current.
2472     **
2473     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2474     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2475     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2476     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2477     **
2478     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2479     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2480     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2481     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2482     */
2483     assert( isSavepnt );
2484     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2485     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2486     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2487     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2488     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2489     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2490     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2491   }
2492   if( pPg ){
2493     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2494     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2495     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2496     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2497     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2498     */
2499     void *pData;
2500     pData = pPg->pData;
2501     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2502     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2503     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2504     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2505     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2506     ** has been removed. */
2507     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2508 
2509     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2510     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2511     if( pgno==1 ){
2512       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2513     }
2514 
2515     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2516 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2517     if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }
2518 #endif
2519     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2520   }
2521   return rc;
2522 }
2523 
2524 /*
2525 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2526 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2527 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2528 ** and does so if it is.
2529 **
2530 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2531 ** available for use within this function.
2532 **
2533 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2534 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2535 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2536 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2537 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2538 **
2539 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2540 **
2541 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2542 ** journals have been rolled back.
2543 **
2544 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2545 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2546 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2547 **
2548 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2549 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2550 **     file zMaster
2551 **
2552 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2553 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2554 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2555 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2556 **
2557 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2558 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2559 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2560 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2561 **
2562 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2563 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2564 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2565 ** size.
2566 */
2567 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2568   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2569   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2570   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2571   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2572   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2573   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2574   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2575   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2576   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2577 
2578   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2579   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2580   */
2581   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2582   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2583   if( !pMaster ){
2584     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2585   }else{
2586     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2587     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2588   }
2589   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2590 
2591   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2592   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2593   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2594   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2595   */
2596   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2597   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2598   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2599   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 2);
2600   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2601     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2602     goto delmaster_out;
2603   }
2604   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+2];
2605   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2606   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2607   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2608   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1] = 0;
2609 
2610   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2611   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2612     int exists;
2613     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2614     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2615       goto delmaster_out;
2616     }
2617     if( exists ){
2618       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2619       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2620       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2621       */
2622       int c;
2623       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2624       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2625       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2626         goto delmaster_out;
2627       }
2628 
2629       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2630       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2631       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2632         goto delmaster_out;
2633       }
2634 
2635       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2636       if( c ){
2637         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2638         goto delmaster_out;
2639       }
2640     }
2641     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2642   }
2643 
2644   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2645   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2646 
2647 delmaster_out:
2648   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2649   if( pMaster ){
2650     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2651     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2652     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2653   }
2654   return rc;
2655 }
2656 
2657 
2658 /*
2659 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2660 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2661 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2662 **
2663 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2664 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2665 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2666 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2667 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2668 **
2669 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2670 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2671 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2672 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2673 ** the end of the new file instead.
2674 **
2675 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2676 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2677 */
2678 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2679   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2680   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2681   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2682 
2683   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2684    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2685   ){
2686     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2687     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2688     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2689     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2690     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2691     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2692     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2693       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2694         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2695       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2696         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2697         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2698         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2699         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2700         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2701       }
2702       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2703         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2704       }
2705     }
2706   }
2707   return rc;
2708 }
2709 
2710 /*
2711 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2712 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2713 */
2714 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2715   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2716   if( iRet<32 ){
2717     iRet = 512;
2718   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2719     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2720     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2721   }
2722   return iRet;
2723 }
2724 
2725 /*
2726 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2727 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2728 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2729 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2730 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2731 **
2732 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2733 **
2734 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2735 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2736 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2737 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2738 **
2739 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2740 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2741 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2742 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2743 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2744 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2745 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2746 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2747 */
2748 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2749   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2750 
2751   if( pPager->tempFile
2752    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2753               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2754   ){
2755     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2756     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2757     ** call will segfault. */
2758     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2759   }else{
2760     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2761   }
2762 }
2763 
2764 /*
2765 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2766 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2767 **
2768 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2769 **
2770 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2771 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2772 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2773 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2774 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2775 **       sanity checksum.
2776 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2777 **       database to during a rollback.
2778 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2779 **       is this many bytes in size.
2780 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2781 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2782 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2783 **        +  4 byte page number.
2784 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2785 **        +  4 byte checksum
2786 **
2787 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2788 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2789 **
2790 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2791 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2792 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2793 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2794 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2795 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2796 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2797 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2798 **
2799 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2800 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2801 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2802 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2803 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2804 **
2805 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2806 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2807 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2808 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2809 ** been encountered.
2810 **
2811 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2812 ** and an error code is returned.
2813 **
2814 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2815 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2816 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2817 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2818 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2819 ** needed.
2820 */
2821 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2822   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2823   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2824   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2825   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2826   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2827   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2828   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2829   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2830   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2831   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2832   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2833 
2834   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2835   ** the journal is empty.
2836   */
2837   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2838   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2839   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2840     goto end_playback;
2841   }
2842 
2843   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2844   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2845   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2846   ** played back.
2847   **
2848   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2849   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2850   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2851   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2852   ** for pageSize.
2853   */
2854   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2855   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2856   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2857     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2858   }
2859   zMaster = 0;
2860   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2861     goto end_playback;
2862   }
2863   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2864   needPagerReset = isHot;
2865 
2866   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2867   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2868   ** occurs.
2869   */
2870   while( 1 ){
2871     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2872     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2873     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2874     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2875     */
2876     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2877     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2878       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2879         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2880       }
2881       goto end_playback;
2882     }
2883 
2884     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2885     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2886     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2887     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2888     */
2889     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2890       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2891       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2892     }
2893 
2894     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2895     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2896     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2897     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2898     ** size of the file.
2899     **
2900     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2901     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2902     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2903     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2904     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2905     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2906     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2907     */
2908     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2909         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2910       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2911     }
2912 
2913     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2914     ** database file back to its original size.
2915     */
2916     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2917       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2918       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2919         goto end_playback;
2920       }
2921       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2922     }
2923 
2924     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2925     ** database file and/or page cache.
2926     */
2927     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2928       if( needPagerReset ){
2929         pager_reset(pPager);
2930         needPagerReset = 0;
2931       }
2932       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2933       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2934         nPlayback++;
2935       }else{
2936         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2937           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2938           break;
2939         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2940           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2941           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2942           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2943           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2944           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2945           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2946           goto end_playback;
2947         }else{
2948           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2949           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2950           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2951           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2952           */
2953           goto end_playback;
2954         }
2955       }
2956     }
2957   }
2958   /*NOTREACHED*/
2959   assert( 0 );
2960 
2961 end_playback:
2962   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2963     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2964   }
2965   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2966   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2967   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2968   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2969   */
2970 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2971   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2972 #endif
2973 
2974   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2975   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2976   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2977   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2978   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2979   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2980   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2981   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2982   */
2983   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2984 
2985   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2986     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2987     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2988     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2989   }
2990   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2991    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2992   ){
2993     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2994   }
2995   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2996     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2997     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2998   }
2999   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
3000     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
3001     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
3002     */
3003     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
3004     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
3005   }
3006   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
3007     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
3008                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
3009   }
3010 
3011   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
3012   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
3013   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
3014   */
3015   setSectorSize(pPager);
3016   return rc;
3017 }
3018 
3019 
3020 /*
3021 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
3022 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
3023 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
3024 ** file before this function is called.
3025 **
3026 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
3027 ** the value read from the database file.
3028 **
3029 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
3030 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3031 */
3032 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3033   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
3034   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
3035 
3036 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3037   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
3038 
3039   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
3040   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3041 
3042   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3043     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3044     if( rc ) return rc;
3045   }
3046   if( iFrame ){
3047     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
3048   }else
3049 #endif
3050   {
3051     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
3052     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
3053     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3054       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3055     }
3056   }
3057 
3058   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
3059     if( rc ){
3060       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
3061       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
3062       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
3063       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3064       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3065       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3066       **
3067       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3068       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3069       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3070       ** we should still be ok.
3071       */
3072       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3073     }else{
3074       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3075       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3076     }
3077   }
3078   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
3079 
3080   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3081   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3082   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3083   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3084                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3085 
3086   return rc;
3087 }
3088 
3089 /*
3090 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3091 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3092 **
3093 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3094 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3095 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3096 */
3097 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3098   u32 change_counter;
3099 
3100   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3101   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3102   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3103 
3104   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3105   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3106   ** is valid. */
3107   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3108   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3109 }
3110 
3111 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3112 /*
3113 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3114 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3115 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3116 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3117 **
3118 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3119 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3120 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3121 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3122 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3123 */
3124 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3125   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3126   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3127   PgHdr *pPg;
3128 
3129   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3130   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3131   if( pPg ){
3132     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3133       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3134     }else{
3135       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3136       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3137         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3138       }
3139       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3140     }
3141   }
3142 
3143   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3144   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3145   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3146   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3147   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3148   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3149   ** the backups must be restarted.
3150   */
3151   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3152 
3153   return rc;
3154 }
3155 
3156 /*
3157 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3158 */
3159 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3160   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3161   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3162 
3163   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3164   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3165   ** following:
3166   **
3167   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3168   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3169   */
3170   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3171   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3172   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3173   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3174     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3175     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3176     pList = pNext;
3177   }
3178 
3179   return rc;
3180 }
3181 
3182 /*
3183 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3184 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3185 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3186 ** changed.
3187 **
3188 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3189 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3190 */
3191 static int pagerWalFrames(
3192   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3193   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3194   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3195   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3196 ){
3197   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3198   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3199   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3200 
3201   assert( pPager->pWal );
3202   assert( pList );
3203 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3204   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3205   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3206     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3207   }
3208 #endif
3209 
3210   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3211   if( isCommit ){
3212     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3213     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3214     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3215     ** list here. */
3216     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3217     nList = 0;
3218     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3219       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3220         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3221         nList++;
3222       }
3223     }
3224     assert( pList );
3225   }else{
3226     nList = 1;
3227   }
3228   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3229 
3230   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3231   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3232       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3233   );
3234   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3235     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3236       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3237     }
3238   }
3239 
3240 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3241   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3242   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3243     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3244   }
3245 #endif
3246 
3247   return rc;
3248 }
3249 
3250 /*
3251 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3252 **
3253 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3254 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3255 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3256 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3257 */
3258 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3259   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3260   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3261 
3262   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3263   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3264 
3265   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3266   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3267   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3268   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3269   */
3270   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3271 
3272   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3273   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3274     pager_reset(pPager);
3275     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3276   }
3277 
3278   return rc;
3279 }
3280 #endif
3281 
3282 /*
3283 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3284 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3285 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3286 **
3287 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3288 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3289 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3290 */
3291 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3292   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3293 
3294   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3295   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3296   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3297   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3298   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3299   */
3300   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3301   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3302   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3303   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3304   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3305 
3306   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3307   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3308   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3309   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3310   */
3311   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3312     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3313     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3314     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3315       return rc;
3316     }
3317     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3318   }
3319 
3320   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3321   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3322   ** that the file can be read.
3323   */
3324   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3325     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3326   }
3327 
3328   *pnPage = nPage;
3329   return SQLITE_OK;
3330 }
3331 
3332 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3333 /*
3334 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3335 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3336 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3337 **
3338 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3339 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3340 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3341 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3342 **
3343 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3344 **
3345 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3346 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3347 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3348 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3349 ** other connection.
3350 */
3351 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3352   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3353   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3354   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3355 
3356   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3357     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3358     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3359         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3360     );
3361     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3362       if( isWal ){
3363         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3364 
3365         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3366         if( rc ) return rc;
3367         if( nPage==0 ){
3368           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3369         }else{
3370           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3371           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3372         }
3373       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3374         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3375       }
3376     }
3377   }
3378   return rc;
3379 }
3380 #endif
3381 
3382 /*
3383 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3384 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3385 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3386 ** savepoint.
3387 **
3388 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3389 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3390 ** performed in the order specified:
3391 **
3392 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3393 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3394 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3395 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3396 **
3397 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3398 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3399 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3400 **
3401 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3402 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3403 **     the journal file.
3404 **
3405 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3406 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3407 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3408 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3409 **
3410 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3411 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3412 **
3413 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3414 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3415 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3416 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3417 */
3418 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3419   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3420   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3421   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3422   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3423 
3424   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3425   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3426 
3427   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3428   if( pSavepoint ){
3429     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3430     if( !pDone ){
3431       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3432     }
3433   }
3434 
3435   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3436   ** being reverted was opened.
3437   */
3438   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3439   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3440 
3441   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3442     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3443   }
3444 
3445   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3446   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3447   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3448   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3449   */
3450   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3451   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3452 
3453   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3454   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3455   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3456   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3457   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3458   ** are played back.
3459   */
3460   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3461     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3462     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3463     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3464       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3465     }
3466     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3467   }else{
3468     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3469   }
3470 
3471   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3472   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3473   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3474   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3475   */
3476   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3477     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3478     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3479     u32 dummy;
3480     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3481     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3482 
3483     /*
3484     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3485     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3486     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3487     */
3488     if( nJRec==0
3489      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3490     ){
3491       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3492     }
3493     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3494       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3495     }
3496     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3497   }
3498   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3499 
3500   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3501   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3502   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3503   */
3504   if( pSavepoint ){
3505     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3506     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3507 
3508     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3509       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3510     }
3511     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3512       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3513       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3514     }
3515     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3516   }
3517 
3518   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3519   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3520     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3521   }
3522 
3523   return rc;
3524 }
3525 
3526 /*
3527 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3528 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3529 */
3530 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3531   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3532 }
3533 
3534 /*
3535 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3536 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3537 */
3538 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3539   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3540 }
3541 
3542 /*
3543 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3544 */
3545 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3546 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3547   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3548   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3549     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3550     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3551     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3552     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3553     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3554   }
3555 #endif
3556 }
3557 
3558 /*
3559 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3560 */
3561 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3562   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3563   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3564 }
3565 
3566 /*
3567 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3568 */
3569 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3570   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3571 }
3572 
3573 /*
3574 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3575 **
3576 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3577 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3578 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3579 ** There are four levels:
3580 **
3581 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3582 **              for temporary and transient files.
3583 **
3584 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3585 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3586 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3587 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3588 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3589 **              when it is rolled back.
3590 **
3591 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3592 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3593 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3594 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3595 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3596 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3597 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3598 **
3599 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3600 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3601 **              journal is unlinked.
3602 **
3603 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3604 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3605 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3606 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3607 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3608 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3609 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3610 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3611 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3612 **
3613 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3614 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3615 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3616 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3617 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3618 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3619 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3620 **
3621 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3622 ** and FULL=3.
3623 */
3624 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3625 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3626   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3627   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3628 ){
3629   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3630   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3631     pPager->noSync = 1;
3632     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3633     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3634   }else{
3635     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3636     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3637     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3638   }
3639   if( pPager->noSync ){
3640     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3641   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3642     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3643   }else{
3644     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3645   }
3646   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3647   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3648     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3649   }
3650   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3651     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3652   }
3653   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3654     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3655   }else{
3656     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3657   }
3658 }
3659 #endif
3660 
3661 /*
3662 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3663 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3664 ** testing and analysis only.
3665 */
3666 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3667 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3668 #endif
3669 
3670 /*
3671 ** Open a temporary file.
3672 **
3673 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3674 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3675 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3676 **
3677 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3678 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3679 **
3680 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3681 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3682 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3683 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3684 */
3685 static int pagerOpentemp(
3686   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3687   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3688   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3689 ){
3690   int rc;               /* Return code */
3691 
3692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3693   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3694 #endif
3695 
3696   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3697             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3698   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3699   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3700   return rc;
3701 }
3702 
3703 /*
3704 ** Set the busy handler function.
3705 **
3706 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3707 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3708 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3709 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3710 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3711 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3712 **
3713 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3714 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3715 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3716 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3717 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3718 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3719 **
3720 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3721 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3722 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3723 */
3724 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3725   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3726   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3727   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3728 ){
3729   void **ap;
3730   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3731   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3732   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3733   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3734   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3735   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3736 }
3737 
3738 /*
3739 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3740 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3741 **
3742 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3743 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3744 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3745 **
3746 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3747 **
3748 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3749 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3750 **
3751 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3752 **
3753 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3754 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3755 **
3756 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3757 **
3758 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3759 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3760 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3761 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3762 **
3763 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3764 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3765 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3766 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3767 */
3768 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3769   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3770 
3771   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3772   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3773   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3774   **
3775   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3776   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3777   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3778   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3779   */
3780 
3781   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3782   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3783   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3784    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3785    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3786   ){
3787     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3788     i64 nByte = 0;
3789 
3790     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3791       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3792     }
3793     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3794       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3795       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3796       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3797       if( !pNew ){
3798         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3799       }else{
3800         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3801       }
3802     }
3803 
3804     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3805       pager_reset(pPager);
3806       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3807     }
3808     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3809       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3810       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3811       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3812       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3813     }else{
3814       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3815     }
3816   }
3817 
3818   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3819   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3820     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3821     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3822     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3823     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3824     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3825   }
3826   return rc;
3827 }
3828 
3829 /*
3830 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3831 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3832 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3833 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3834 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3835 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3836 */
3837 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3838   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3839 }
3840 
3841 /*
3842 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3843 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3844 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3845 **
3846 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3847 */
3848 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3849   if( mxPage>0 ){
3850     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3851   }
3852   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3853   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3854   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3855   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3856   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3857   return pPager->mxPgno;
3858 }
3859 
3860 /*
3861 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3862 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3863 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3864 **
3865 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3866 ** and generate no code.
3867 */
3868 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3869 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3870 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3871 static int saved_cnt;
3872 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3873   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3874   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3875 }
3876 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3877   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3878 }
3879 #else
3880 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3881 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3882 #endif
3883 
3884 /*
3885 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3886 ** that pDest points to.
3887 **
3888 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3889 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3890 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3891 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3892 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3893 **
3894 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3895 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3896 ** output buffer undefined.
3897 */
3898 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3899   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3900   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3901   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3902 
3903   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3904   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3905   ** to WAL mode yet.
3906   */
3907   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3908 
3909   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3910     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3911     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3912     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3913       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3914     }
3915   }
3916   return rc;
3917 }
3918 
3919 /*
3920 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3921 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3922 **
3923 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3924 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3925 */
3926 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3927   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3928   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3929   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3930 }
3931 
3932 
3933 /*
3934 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3935 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3936 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3937 **
3938 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3939 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3940 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3941 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3942 **
3943 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3944 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3945 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3946 */
3947 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3948   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3949 
3950   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3951   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3952   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3953   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3954   */
3955   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3956        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3957        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3958   );
3959 
3960   do {
3961     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3962   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3963   return rc;
3964 }
3965 
3966 /*
3967 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3968 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3969 **
3970 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3971 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3972 **
3973 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3974 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3975 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3976 **
3977 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3978 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3979 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3980 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3981 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3982 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3983 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3984 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3985 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3986 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3987 */
3988 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3989 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3990   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3991   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3992 }
3993 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3994   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3995 }
3996 #else
3997 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3998 #endif
3999 
4000 /*
4001 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
4002 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
4003 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
4004 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
4005 **
4006 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
4007 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
4008 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
4009 ** then continue writing to the database.
4010 */
4011 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
4012   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
4013   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
4014   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
4015 
4016   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
4017   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
4018   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
4019   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
4020   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
4021   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
4022   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
4023   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
4024   ** is no longer correct. */
4025 }
4026 
4027 
4028 /*
4029 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
4030 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
4031 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
4032 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
4033 **
4034 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
4035 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
4036 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
4037 ** content as this process.
4038 **
4039 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
4040 ** an SQLite error code.
4041 */
4042 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
4043   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4044   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4045     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
4046   }
4047   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4048     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
4049   }
4050   return rc;
4051 }
4052 
4053 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
4054 /*
4055 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
4056 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
4057 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4058 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4059 ** *ppPage to zero.
4060 **
4061 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4062 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4063 */
4064 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4065   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4066   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4067   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4068   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4069 ){
4070   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4071 
4072   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4073     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4074     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4075     p->pDirty = 0;
4076     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4077     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4078   }else{
4079     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4080     if( p==0 ){
4081       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4082       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4083     }
4084     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4085     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4086     p->nRef = 1;
4087     p->pPager = pPager;
4088   }
4089 
4090   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4091   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4092   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4093   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4094   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4095 
4096   p->pgno = pgno;
4097   p->pData = pData;
4098   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4099 
4100   return SQLITE_OK;
4101 }
4102 #endif
4103 
4104 /*
4105 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4106 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4107 */
4108 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4109   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4110   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4111   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4112   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4113 
4114   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4115   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4116 }
4117 
4118 /*
4119 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4120 */
4121 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4122   PgHdr *p;
4123   PgHdr *pNext;
4124   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4125     pNext = p->pDirty;
4126     sqlite3_free(p);
4127   }
4128 }
4129 
4130 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4131 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4132 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4133 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4134 */
4135 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4136   int bHasMoved = 0;
4137   int rc;
4138 
4139   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4140   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4141   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4142   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4143   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4144     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4145     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4146     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4147     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4148   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4149     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4150   }
4151   return rc;
4152 }
4153 
4154 
4155 /*
4156 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4157 **
4158 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4159 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4160 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4161 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4162 ** result in a coredump.
4163 **
4164 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4165 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4166 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4167 ** to the caller.
4168 */
4169 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4170   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4171   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4172   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4173   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4174   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4175   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4176   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4177   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4178 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4179   {
4180     u8 *a = 0;
4181     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4182     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4183      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4184     ){
4185       a = pTmp;
4186     }
4187     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4188     pPager->pWal = 0;
4189   }
4190 #endif
4191   pager_reset(pPager);
4192   if( MEMDB ){
4193     pager_unlock(pPager);
4194   }else{
4195     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4196     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4197     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4198     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4199     **
4200     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4201     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4202     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4203     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4204     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4205     */
4206     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4207       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4208     }
4209     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4210   }
4211   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4212   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4213   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4214   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4215   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4216   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4217   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4218   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4219 
4220 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4221   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4222 #endif
4223 
4224   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4225   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4226 
4227   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4228   return SQLITE_OK;
4229 }
4230 
4231 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4232 /*
4233 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4234 */
4235 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4236   return pPg->pgno;
4237 }
4238 #endif
4239 
4240 /*
4241 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4242 */
4243 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4244   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4245 }
4246 
4247 /*
4248 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4249 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4250 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4251 **
4252 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4253 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4254 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4255 **
4256 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4257 **     be taken.
4258 **
4259 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4260 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4261 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4262 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4263 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4264 **
4265 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4266 **     journal file is synced.
4267 **
4268 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4269 **
4270 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4271 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4272 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4273 **       <update nRec field>
4274 **     }
4275 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4276 **   }
4277 **
4278 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4279 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4280 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4281 */
4282 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4283   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4284 
4285   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4286        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4287   );
4288   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4289   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4290 
4291   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4292   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4293 
4294   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4295     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4296     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4297       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4298       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4299 
4300       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4301         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4302         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4303         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4304         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4305         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4306         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4307         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4308         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4309         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4310         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4311         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4312         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4313         **
4314         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4315         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4316         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4317         **
4318         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4319         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4320         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4321         ** the potential journal header.
4322         */
4323         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4324         u8 aMagic[8];
4325         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4326 
4327         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4328         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4329 
4330         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4331         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4332         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4333           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4334           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4335         }
4336         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4337           return rc;
4338         }
4339 
4340         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4341         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4342         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4343         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4344         **
4345         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4346         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4347         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4348         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4349         ** and never needs to be updated.
4350         */
4351         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4352           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4353           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4354           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4355           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4356         }
4357         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4358         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4359             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4360         );
4361         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4362       }
4363       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4364         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4365         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4366         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4367           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4368         );
4369         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4370       }
4371 
4372       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4373       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4374         pPager->nRec = 0;
4375         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4376         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4377       }
4378     }else{
4379       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4380     }
4381   }
4382 
4383   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4384   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4385   ** all pages.
4386   */
4387   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4388   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4389   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4390   return SQLITE_OK;
4391 }
4392 
4393 /*
4394 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4395 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4396 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4397 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4398 ** a no-op.
4399 **
4400 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4401 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4402 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4403 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4404 **
4405 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4406 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4407 ** written out.
4408 **
4409 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4410 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4411 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4412 **
4413 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4414 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4415 **
4416 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4417 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4418 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4419 ** the database file.
4420 **
4421 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4422 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4423 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4424 */
4425 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4426   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4427 
4428   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4429   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4430   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4431   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4432   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4433 
4434   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4435   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4436   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4437   */
4438   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4439     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4440     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4441   }
4442 
4443   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4444   ** file size will be.
4445   */
4446   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4447   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4448    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4449    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4450   ){
4451     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4452     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4453     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4454   }
4455 
4456   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4457     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4458 
4459     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4460     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4461     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4462     ** any such pages to the file.
4463     **
4464     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4465     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4466     */
4467     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4468       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4469       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4470 
4471       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4472       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4473 
4474       /* Encode the database */
4475       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4476 
4477       /* Write out the page data. */
4478       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4479 
4480       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4481       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4482       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4483       */
4484       if( pgno==1 ){
4485         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4486       }
4487       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4488         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4489       }
4490       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4491 
4492       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4493       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4494 
4495       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4496                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4497       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4498       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4499     }else{
4500       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4501     }
4502     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4503     pList = pList->pDirty;
4504   }
4505 
4506   return rc;
4507 }
4508 
4509 /*
4510 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4511 ** function is a no-op.
4512 **
4513 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4514 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4515 ** fails.
4516 */
4517 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4518   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4519   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4520     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4521       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4522       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4523     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4524     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4525       nStmtSpill = -1;
4526     }
4527     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4528   }
4529   return rc;
4530 }
4531 
4532 /*
4533 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4534 **
4535 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4536 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4537 **
4538 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4539 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4540 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4541 ** bitvec.
4542 */
4543 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4544   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4545   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4546   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4547 
4548     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4549     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4550     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4551     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4552     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4553          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4554          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4555     );
4556     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4557 
4558     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4559     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4560     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4561       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4562       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4563       char *pData2;
4564 
4565 #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4566       if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){
4567         CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4568       }else
4569 #endif
4570       pData2 = pData;
4571       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4572       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4573       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4574         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4575       }
4576     }
4577   }
4578   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4579     pPager->nSubRec++;
4580     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4581     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4582   }
4583   return rc;
4584 }
4585 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4586   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4587     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4588   }else{
4589     return SQLITE_OK;
4590   }
4591 }
4592 
4593 /*
4594 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4595 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4596 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4597 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4598 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4599 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4600 ** argument.
4601 **
4602 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4603 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4604 ** journal file.
4605 **
4606 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4607 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4608 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4609 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4610 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4611 */
4612 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4613   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4614   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4615 
4616   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4617   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4618 
4619   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4620   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4621   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4622   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4623   **
4624   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4625   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4626   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4627   **
4628   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4629   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4630   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4631   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4632   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4633   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4634   */
4635   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4636   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4637   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4638   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4639   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4640    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4641       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4642   ){
4643     return SQLITE_OK;
4644   }
4645 
4646   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4647   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4648   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4649     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4650     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4651     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4652       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4653     }
4654   }else{
4655 
4656 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4657     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4658       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4659       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4660     }
4661 #endif
4662 
4663     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4664     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4665      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4666     ){
4667       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4668     }
4669 
4670     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4671     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4672       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4673       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4674     }
4675   }
4676 
4677   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4678   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4679     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4680     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4681   }
4682 
4683   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4684 }
4685 
4686 /*
4687 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4688 */
4689 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4690   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4691   if( !MEMDB ){
4692     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4693     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4694     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4695       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4696       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4697         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4698       }
4699       pList = pNext;
4700     }
4701   }
4702 
4703   return rc;
4704 }
4705 
4706 /*
4707 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4708 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4709 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4710 **
4711 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4712 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4713 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4714 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4715 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4716 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4717 **
4718 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4719 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4720 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4721 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4722 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4723 **
4724 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4725 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4726 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4727 **
4728 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4729 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4730 **
4731 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4732 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4733 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4734 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4735 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4736 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4737 */
4738 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4739   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4740   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4741   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4742   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4743   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4744   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4745   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4746 ){
4747   u8 *pPtr;
4748   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4749   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4750   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4751   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4752 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4753   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4754 #else
4755 # define memJM 0
4756 #endif
4757   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4758   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4759   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4760   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4761   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4762   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4763   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4764   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4765   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4766   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4767 
4768   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4769   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4770   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4771 
4772   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4773   *ppPager = 0;
4774 
4775 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4776   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4777     memDb = 1;
4778     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4779       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4780       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4781       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4782       zFilename = 0;
4783     }
4784   }
4785 #endif
4786 
4787   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4788   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4789   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4790   */
4791   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4792     const char *z;
4793     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4794     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4795     if( zPathname==0 ){
4796       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4797     }
4798     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4799     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4800     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4801       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4802         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4803           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4804         }else{
4805           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4806         }
4807       }
4808     }
4809     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4810     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4811     while( *z ){
4812       z += strlen(z)+1;
4813       z += strlen(z)+1;
4814       nUri++;
4815     }
4816     nUriByte = (int)(&z[2] - zUri);
4817     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4818     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4819       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4820       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4821       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4822       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4823       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4824       */
4825       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4826     }
4827     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4828       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4829       return rc;
4830     }
4831   }
4832 
4833   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4834   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4835   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4836   **
4837   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4838   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4839   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4840   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4841   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4842   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4843   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4844   */
4845   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4846     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4847     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4848     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4849     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4850     nPathname + 1 + nUriByte +     /* zFilename */
4851     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4852 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4853     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4854 #endif
4855   );
4856   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4857   if( !pPtr ){
4858     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4859     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4860   }
4861   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4862   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4863   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4864   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4865   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4866   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4867   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4868 
4869   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4870   if( zPathname ){
4871     assert( nPathname>0 );
4872     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4873     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUriByte);
4874     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUriByte);
4875     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4876     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal", 8);
4877     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4878 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4879     pPager->zWal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 8 + 2);
4880     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4881     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal", 4);
4882     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4883     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zWal)==0 );
4884 #endif
4885     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zFilename)==nUri );
4886     assert( sqlite3UriCount(pPager->zJournal)==0 );
4887     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4888   }
4889   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4890   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4891 
4892   /* Open the pager file.
4893   */
4894   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4895     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4896     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4897     assert( !memDb );
4898 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE
4899     memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4900 #endif
4901     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4902 
4903     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4904     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4905     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4906     **
4907     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4908     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4909     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4910     */
4911     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4912       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4913       if( !readOnly ){
4914         setSectorSize(pPager);
4915         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4916         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4917           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4918             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4919           }else{
4920             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4921           }
4922         }
4923 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4924         {
4925           int ii;
4926           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4927           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4928           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4929           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4930             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4931               szPageDflt = ii;
4932             }
4933           }
4934         }
4935 #endif
4936       }
4937       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4938       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4939        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4940           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4941           goto act_like_temp_file;
4942       }
4943     }
4944   }else{
4945     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4946     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4947     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4948     **
4949     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4950     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4951     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4952     **
4953     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4954     */
4955 act_like_temp_file:
4956     tempFile = 1;
4957     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4958     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4959     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4960     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4961   }
4962 
4963   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4964   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4965   */
4966   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4967     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4968     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4969     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4970   }
4971 
4972   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4973   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4974     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4975     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4976     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4977                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4978   }
4979 
4980   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4981   */
4982   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4983     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4984     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4985     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4986     return rc;
4987   }
4988 
4989   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4990   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4991 
4992   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4993   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4994   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4995   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4996   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4997   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4998   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4999   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
5000   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
5001   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
5002   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
5003   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
5004           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
5005   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
5006   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
5007   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
5008   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
5009   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
5010   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
5011   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
5012   if( pPager->noSync ){
5013     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
5014     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
5015     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5016     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5017   }else{
5018     pPager->fullSync = 1;
5019     pPager->extraSync = 0;
5020     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5021     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5022   }
5023   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5024   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5025   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5026   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5027   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5028   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5029   setSectorSize(pPager);
5030   if( !useJournal ){
5031     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5032   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5033     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5034   }
5035   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5036   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5037   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5038   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5039   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5040   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5041 
5042   *ppPager = pPager;
5043   return SQLITE_OK;
5044 }
5045 
5046 
5047 
5048 /*
5049 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5050 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5051 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5052 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5053 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5054 **
5055 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5056 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5057 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5058 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5059 **
5060 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5061 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5062 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5063 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5064 ** is returned.
5065 **
5066 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
5067 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
5068 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5069 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5070 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5071 ** will not roll it back.
5072 **
5073 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5074 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5075 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5076 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5077 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5078 */
5079 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5080   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5081   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5082   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5083   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5084 
5085   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5086   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5087   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5088 
5089   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5090     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5091   ));
5092 
5093   *pExists = 0;
5094   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5095     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5096   }
5097   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5098     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5099 
5100     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5101     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5102     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5103     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5104     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5105     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5106     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5107     */
5108     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5109     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5110       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5111 
5112       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5113       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5114       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5115         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5116         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5117         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5118         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5119         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5120         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5121         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5122         */
5123         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5124           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5125           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5126             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5127             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5128           }
5129           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5130         }else{
5131           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5132           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5133           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5134           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5135           ** it can be ignored.
5136           */
5137           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5138             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5139             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5140           }
5141           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5142             u8 first = 0;
5143             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5144             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5145               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5146             }
5147             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5148               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5149             }
5150             *pExists = (first!=0);
5151           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5152             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5153             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5154             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5155             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5156             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5157             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5158             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5159             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5160             */
5161             *pExists = 1;
5162             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5163           }
5164         }
5165       }
5166     }
5167   }
5168 
5169   return rc;
5170 }
5171 
5172 /*
5173 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5174 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5175 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5176 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5177 **
5178 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5179 **
5180 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5181 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5182 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5183 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5184 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5185 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5186 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5187 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5188 **
5189 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5190 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5191 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5192 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5193 **      file.
5194 **
5195 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5196 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5197 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5198 */
5199 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5200   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5201 
5202   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5203   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5204   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5205   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5206   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5207   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5208   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5209   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5210 
5211   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5212     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5213 
5214     assert( !MEMDB );
5215     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5216 
5217     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5218     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5219       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5220       goto failed;
5221     }
5222 
5223     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5224     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5225     */
5226     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5227       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5228     }
5229     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5230       goto failed;
5231     }
5232     if( bHotJournal ){
5233       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5234         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5235         goto failed;
5236       }
5237 
5238       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5239       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5240       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5241       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5242       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5243       ** hot-journal back.
5244       **
5245       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5246       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5247       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5248       ** on the database file.
5249       **
5250       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5251       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5252       */
5253       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5254       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5255         goto failed;
5256       }
5257 
5258       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5259       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5260       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5261       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5262       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5263       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5264       **
5265       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5266       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5267       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5268       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5269       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5270       */
5271       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5272         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5273         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5274         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5275             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5276         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5277           int fout = 0;
5278           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5279           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5280           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5281           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5282           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5283             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5284             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5285           }
5286         }
5287       }
5288 
5289       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5290       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5291       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5292       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5293       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5294       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5295       ** the journal before playing it back.
5296       */
5297       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5298         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5299         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5300         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5301           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5302           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5303         }
5304       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5305         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5306       }
5307 
5308       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5309         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5310         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5311         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5312         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5313         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5314         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5315         **
5316         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5317         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5318         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5319         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5320         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5321         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5322         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5323         ** references.
5324         */
5325         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5326         goto failed;
5327       }
5328 
5329       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5330       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5331            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5332       );
5333     }
5334 
5335     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5336       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5337       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5338       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5339       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5340       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5341       **
5342       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5343       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5344       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5345       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5346       ** a codec is in use.
5347       **
5348       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5349       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5350       ** it can be neglected.
5351       */
5352       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5353 
5354       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5355       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5356       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5357         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5358           goto failed;
5359         }
5360         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5361       }
5362 
5363       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5364         pager_reset(pPager);
5365 
5366         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5367         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5368         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5369         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5370         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5371         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5372         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5373           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5374         }
5375       }
5376     }
5377 
5378     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5379     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5380     */
5381     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5382 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5383     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5384 #endif
5385   }
5386 
5387   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5388     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5389     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5390   }
5391 
5392   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5393     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5394   }
5395 
5396  failed:
5397   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5398     assert( !MEMDB );
5399     pager_unlock(pPager);
5400     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5401   }else{
5402     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5403     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5404   }
5405   return rc;
5406 }
5407 
5408 /*
5409 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5410 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5411 **
5412 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5413 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5414 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5415 */
5416 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5417   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5418     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5419     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5420   }
5421 }
5422 
5423 /*
5424 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5425 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5426 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5427 **
5428 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5429 ** on the current state of the pager.
5430 **
5431 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5432 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5433 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5434 **
5435 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5436 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5437 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5438 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5439 ** object with no outstanding references.
5440 **
5441 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5442 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5443 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5444 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5445 **
5446 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5447 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5448 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5449 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5450 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5451 **
5452 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5453 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5454 **
5455 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5456 **
5457 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5458 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5459 **      from the savepoint journal.
5460 **
5461 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5462 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5463 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5464 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5465 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5466 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5467 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5468 **
5469 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5470 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5471 **
5472 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5473 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5474 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5475 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5476 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5477 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5478 ** or journal files.
5479 */
5480 static int getPageNormal(
5481   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5482   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5483   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5484   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5485 ){
5486   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5487   PgHdr *pPg;
5488   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5489   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5490 
5491   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5492   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5493   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5494   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5495 
5496   if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5497   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5498   if( pBase==0 ){
5499     pPg = 0;
5500     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5501     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5502     if( pBase==0 ){
5503       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5504       goto pager_acquire_err;
5505     }
5506   }
5507   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5508   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5509   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5510   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5511 
5512   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5513   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5514     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5515     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5516     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5517     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5518     return SQLITE_OK;
5519 
5520   }else{
5521     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5522     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5523     **
5524     ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31
5525     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5526     */
5527     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5528       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5529       goto pager_acquire_err;
5530     }
5531 
5532     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5533 
5534     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5535     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5536       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5537         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5538         goto pager_acquire_err;
5539       }
5540       if( noContent ){
5541         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5542         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5543         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5544         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5545         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5546         */
5547         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5548         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5549           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5550           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5551         }
5552         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5553         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5554         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5555       }
5556       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5557       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5558     }else{
5559       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5560       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5561       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5562       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5563         goto pager_acquire_err;
5564       }
5565     }
5566     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5567   }
5568   return SQLITE_OK;
5569 
5570 pager_acquire_err:
5571   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5572   if( pPg ){
5573     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5574   }
5575   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5576   *ppPage = 0;
5577   return rc;
5578 }
5579 
5580 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5581 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5582 static int getPageMMap(
5583   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5584   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5585   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5586   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5587 ){
5588   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5589   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5590   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5591 
5592   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5593   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5594   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5595   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5596   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5597    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5598   );
5599 
5600   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5601 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5602   assert( pPager->xCodec==0 );
5603 #endif
5604 
5605   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5606   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5607   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5608   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5609   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5610     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5611   }
5612   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5613   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5614   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5615   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5616 
5617   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5618     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5619     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5620       *ppPage = 0;
5621       return rc;
5622     }
5623   }
5624   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5625     void *pData = 0;
5626     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5627         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5628     );
5629     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5630       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5631         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5632       }
5633       if( pPg==0 ){
5634         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5635       }else{
5636         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5637       }
5638       if( pPg ){
5639         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5640         *ppPage = pPg;
5641         return SQLITE_OK;
5642       }
5643     }
5644     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5645       *ppPage = 0;
5646       return rc;
5647     }
5648   }
5649   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5650 }
5651 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5652 
5653 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5654 static int getPageError(
5655   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5656   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5657   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5658   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5659 ){
5660   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5661   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5662   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5663   *ppPage = 0;
5664   return pPager->errCode;
5665 }
5666 
5667 
5668 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5669 */
5670 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5671   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5672   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5673   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5674   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5675 ){
5676   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5677 }
5678 
5679 /*
5680 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5681 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5682 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5683 **
5684 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5685 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5686 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5687 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5688 ** has ever happened.
5689 */
5690 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5691   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5692   assert( pPager!=0 );
5693   assert( pgno!=0 );
5694   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5695   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5696   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5697   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5698   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5699 }
5700 
5701 /*
5702 ** Release a page reference.
5703 **
5704 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5705 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5706 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5707 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5708 **
5709 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5710 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5711 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5712 */
5713 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5714   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5715   assert( pPg!=0 );
5716   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5717     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5718     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5719   }else{
5720     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5721   }
5722   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5723   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5724 }
5725 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5726   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5727 }
5728 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5729   Pager *pPager;
5730   assert( pPg!=0 );
5731   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5732   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5733   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5734   sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
5735   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5736   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5737 }
5738 
5739 /*
5740 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5741 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5742 ** file when this routine is called.
5743 **
5744 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5745 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5746 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5747 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5748 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5749 **
5750 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5751 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5752 ** already open file.
5753 **
5754 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5755 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5756 **
5757 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5758 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5759 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5760 */
5761 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5762   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5763   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5764 
5765   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5766   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5767   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5768 
5769   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5770   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5771   ** an error state. */
5772   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5773 
5774   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5775     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5776     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5777       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5778     }
5779 
5780     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5781     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5782       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5783         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5784       }else{
5785         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5786         int nSpill;
5787 
5788         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5789           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5790           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5791         }else{
5792           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5793           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5794         }
5795 
5796         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5797         ** it was originally opened. */
5798         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5799         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5800           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5801               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5802           );
5803         }
5804       }
5805       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5806     }
5807 
5808 
5809     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5810     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5811     */
5812     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5813       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5814       pPager->nRec = 0;
5815       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5816       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5817       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5818       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5819     }
5820   }
5821 
5822   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5823     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5824     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5825   }else{
5826     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5827     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5828   }
5829 
5830   return rc;
5831 }
5832 
5833 /*
5834 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5835 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5836 **
5837 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5838 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5839 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5840 ** functions need be called.
5841 **
5842 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5843 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5844 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5845 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5846 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5847 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5848 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5849 */
5850 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5851   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5852 
5853   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5854   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5855   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5856 
5857   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5858     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5859 
5860     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5861       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5862       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5863       */
5864       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5865         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5866         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5867           return rc;
5868         }
5869         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5870       }
5871 
5872       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5873       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5874       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5875       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5876       */
5877       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5878     }else{
5879       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5880       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5881       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5882       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5883       */
5884       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5885       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5886         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5887       }
5888     }
5889 
5890     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5891       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5892       **
5893       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5894       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5895       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5896       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5897       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5898       ** WAL mode.
5899       */
5900       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5901       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5902       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5903       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5904       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5905     }
5906 
5907     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5908     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5909     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5910   }
5911 
5912   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5913   return rc;
5914 }
5915 
5916 /*
5917 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5918 */
5919 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5920   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5921   int rc;
5922   u32 cksum;
5923   char *pData2;
5924   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5925 
5926   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5927   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5928   ** that we do not. */
5929   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5930 
5931   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5932   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5933   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5934 
5935   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5936   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5937   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5938   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5939   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5940   ** then corruption may follow.
5941   */
5942   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5943 
5944   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5945   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5946   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5947   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5948   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5949   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5950 
5951   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5952            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5953   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5954   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5955        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5956        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5957 
5958   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5959   pPager->nRec++;
5960   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5961   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5962   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5963   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5964   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5965   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5966   return rc;
5967 }
5968 
5969 /*
5970 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5971 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5972 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5973 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5974 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5975 */
5976 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5977   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5978   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5979 
5980   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5981   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5982   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5983   */
5984   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5985        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5986        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5987   );
5988   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5989   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5990   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5991   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5992 
5993   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5994   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5995   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5996   **
5997   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5998   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5999   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
6000   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
6001   */
6002   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6003     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
6004     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6005   }
6006   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
6007   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6008 
6009   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6010   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6011 
6012   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6013   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6014   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6015   */
6016   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6017   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6018    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6019   ){
6020     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6021     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6022       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6023       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6024         return rc;
6025       }
6026     }else{
6027       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6028         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6029       }
6030       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6031               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6032              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6033     }
6034   }
6035 
6036   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6037   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6038   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6039   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6040   */
6041   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6042 
6043   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6044   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6045   */
6046   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6047     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6048   }
6049 
6050   /* Update the database size and return. */
6051   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6052     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6053   }
6054   return rc;
6055 }
6056 
6057 /*
6058 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6059 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6060 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6061 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6062 ** a write.
6063 **
6064 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6065 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6066 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6067 */
6068 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6069   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6070   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6071   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6072   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6073   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6074   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6075   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6076   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6077 
6078   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6079   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6080   ** this function.
6081   */
6082   assert( !MEMDB );
6083   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6084   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6085 
6086   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6087   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6088   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6089   */
6090   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6091 
6092   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6093   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6094     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6095   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6096     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6097   }else{
6098     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6099   }
6100   assert(nPage>0);
6101   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6102   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6103 
6104   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6105     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6106     PgHdr *pPage;
6107     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6108       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6109         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6110         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6111           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6112           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6113             needSync = 1;
6114           }
6115           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6116         }
6117       }
6118     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6119       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6120         needSync = 1;
6121       }
6122       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6123     }
6124   }
6125 
6126   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6127   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6128   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6129   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6130   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6131   */
6132   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6133     assert( !MEMDB );
6134     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6135       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6136       if( pPage ){
6137         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6138         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6139       }
6140     }
6141   }
6142 
6143   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6144   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6145   return rc;
6146 }
6147 
6148 /*
6149 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6150 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6151 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6152 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6153 **
6154 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6155 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6156 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6157 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6158 **
6159 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6160 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6161 */
6162 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6163   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6164   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6165   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6166   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6167   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6168     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6169     return SQLITE_OK;
6170   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6171     return pPager->errCode;
6172   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6173     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6174     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6175   }else{
6176     return pager_write(pPg);
6177   }
6178 }
6179 
6180 /*
6181 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6182 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6183 ** to change the content of the page.
6184 */
6185 #ifndef NDEBUG
6186 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6187   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6188 }
6189 #endif
6190 
6191 /*
6192 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6193 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6194 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6195 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6196 ** content no longer matters.
6197 **
6198 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6199 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6200 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6201 **
6202 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6203 ** DELETE operations.
6204 **
6205 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6206 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6207 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6208 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6209 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6210 */
6211 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6212   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6213   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6214     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6215     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6216     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6217     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6218     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6219     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6220   }
6221 }
6222 
6223 /*
6224 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6225 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6226 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6227 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6228 **
6229 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6230 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6231 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6232 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6233 **
6234 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6235 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6236 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6237 ** transaction is committed.
6238 **
6239 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6240 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6241 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6242 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6243 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6244 */
6245 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6246   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6247 
6248   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6249        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6250   );
6251   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6252 
6253   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6254   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6255   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6256   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6257   **
6258   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6259   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6260   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6261   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6262   */
6263 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6264 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6265   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6266   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6267 #else
6268 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6269 #endif
6270 
6271   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6272     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6273 
6274     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6275 
6276     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6277     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6278     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6279 
6280     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6281     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6282     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6283     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6284     */
6285     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6286       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6287     }
6288 
6289     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6290       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6291       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6292 
6293       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6294       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6295         const void *zBuf;
6296         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6297         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6298         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6299           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6300           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6301         }
6302         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6303           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6304           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6305           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6306           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6307           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6308           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6309         }
6310       }else{
6311         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6312       }
6313     }
6314 
6315     /* Release the page reference. */
6316     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6317   }
6318   return rc;
6319 }
6320 
6321 /*
6322 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6323 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6324 **
6325 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6326 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6327 */
6328 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6329   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6330   void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6331   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6332   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6333   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6334     assert( !MEMDB );
6335     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6336   }
6337   return rc;
6338 }
6339 
6340 /*
6341 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6342 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6343 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6344 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6345 **
6346 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6347 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6348 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6349 ** returned.
6350 */
6351 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6352   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6353   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6354   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6355     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6356          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6357          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6358     );
6359     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6360     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6361       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6362     }
6363   }
6364   return rc;
6365 }
6366 
6367 /*
6368 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6369 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6370 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6371 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6372 **
6373 ** This routine ensures that:
6374 **
6375 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6376 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6377 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6378 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6379 **   * the database file synced.
6380 **
6381 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6382 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6383 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6384 **
6385 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6386 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6387 **
6388 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6389 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6390 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6391 ** journal file in this case.
6392 */
6393 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6394   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6395   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6396   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6397 ){
6398   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6399 
6400   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6401        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6402        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6403        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6404   );
6405   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6406 
6407   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6408   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6409 
6410   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6411   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6412 
6413   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6414       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6415 
6416   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6417   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6418 
6419   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6420   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6421   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6422     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6423     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6424     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6425     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6426   }else{
6427     PgHdr *pList;
6428     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6429       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6430       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6431       if( pList==0 ){
6432         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6433         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6434         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6435         pList = pPageOne;
6436         pList->pDirty = 0;
6437       }
6438       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6439       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6440         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6441       }
6442       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6443       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6444         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6445       }
6446     }else{
6447       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6448       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6449       ** is enabled.
6450       */
6451 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6452       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6453       int bBatch = zMaster==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6454         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6455         && !pPager->noSync
6456         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6457 #else
6458 #     define bBatch 0
6459 #endif
6460 
6461 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6462       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6463       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6464       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6465       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6466       **
6467       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6468       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6469       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6470       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6471       **
6472       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6473       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6474       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6475       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6476       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6477       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6478       ** mode.
6479       **
6480       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6481       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6482       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6483       ** created for this transaction.
6484       */
6485       if( bBatch==0 ){
6486         PgHdr *pPg;
6487         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6488             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6489             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6490             );
6491         if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6492          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6493          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6494          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6495         ){
6496           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6497           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6498           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6499           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6500           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6501           */
6502           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6503         }else{
6504           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6505           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6506             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6507           }
6508         }
6509       }
6510 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6511 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6512       if( zMaster ){
6513         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6514         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6515         assert( bBatch==0 );
6516       }
6517 #endif
6518       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6519 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6520       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6521 
6522       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6523       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6524       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6525       */
6526       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6527       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6528 
6529       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6530       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6531       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6532       **
6533       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6534       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6535       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6536       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6537       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6538       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6539       */
6540       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6541       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6542 
6543       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6544 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6545       if( bBatch ){
6546         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6547         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6548           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6549           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6550             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6551           }
6552           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6553             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6554           }
6555         }
6556 
6557         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6558           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6559           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6560             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6561             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6562           }
6563           bBatch = 0;
6564         }else{
6565           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6566         }
6567       }
6568 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6569 
6570       if( bBatch==0 ){
6571         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6572       }
6573       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6574         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6575         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6576       }
6577       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6578 
6579       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6580       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6581       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6582       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6583       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6584       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6585       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6586         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6587         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6588         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6589         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6590       }
6591 
6592       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6593       if( !noSync ){
6594         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6595       }
6596       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6597     }
6598   }
6599 
6600 commit_phase_one_exit:
6601   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6602     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6603   }
6604   return rc;
6605 }
6606 
6607 
6608 /*
6609 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6610 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6611 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6612 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6613 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6614 **
6615 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6616 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6617 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6618 ** irrevocably committed.
6619 **
6620 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6621 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6622 */
6623 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6624   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6625 
6626   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6627   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6628   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6629   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6630 
6631   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6632        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6633        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6634   );
6635   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6636 
6637   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6638   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6639   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6640   **
6641   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6642   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6643   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6644   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6645   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6646   ** to drop any locks either.
6647   */
6648   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6649    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6650    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6651   ){
6652     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6653     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6654     return SQLITE_OK;
6655   }
6656 
6657   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6658   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6659   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6660   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6661 }
6662 
6663 /*
6664 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6665 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6666 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6667 ** state if an error occurs.
6668 **
6669 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6670 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6671 **
6672 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6673 **
6674 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6675 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6676 **      was opened, and
6677 **
6678 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6679 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6680 **
6681 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6682 ** rollback is successful.
6683 **
6684 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6685 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6686 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6687 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6688 */
6689 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6690   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6691   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6692 
6693   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6694   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6695   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6696   */
6697   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6698   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6699   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6700 
6701   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6702     int rc2;
6703     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6704     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6705     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6706   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6707     int eState = pPager->eState;
6708     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6709     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6710       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6711       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6712       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6713       */
6714       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6715       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6716       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6717       return rc;
6718     }
6719   }else{
6720     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6721   }
6722 
6723   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6724   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6725           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6726           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6727   );
6728 
6729   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6730   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6731   */
6732   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6733 }
6734 
6735 /*
6736 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6737 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6738 */
6739 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6740   return pPager->readOnly;
6741 }
6742 
6743 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6744 /*
6745 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6746 */
6747 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6748   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6749 }
6750 #endif
6751 
6752 /*
6753 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6754 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6755 */
6756 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6757   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6758                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6759   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6760            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6761            + pPager->pageSize;
6762 }
6763 
6764 /*
6765 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6766 */
6767 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6768   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6769 }
6770 
6771 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6772 /*
6773 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6774 */
6775 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6776   static int a[11];
6777   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6778   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6779   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6780   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6781   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6782   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6783   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6784   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6785   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6786   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6787   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6788   return a;
6789 }
6790 #endif
6791 
6792 /*
6793 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6794 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6795 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6796 ** it was added later.
6797 **
6798 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6799 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6800 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6801 ** returning.
6802 */
6803 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6804 
6805   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6806        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6807        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6808        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6809   );
6810 
6811   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6812   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6813   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6814            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6815 
6816   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6817   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6818   if( reset ){
6819     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6820   }
6821 }
6822 
6823 /*
6824 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6825 */
6826 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6827   return pPager->tempFile;
6828 }
6829 
6830 /*
6831 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6832 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6833 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6834 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6835 **
6836 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6837 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6838 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6839 */
6840 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6841   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6842   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6843   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6844   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6845 
6846   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6847   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6848   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6849 
6850   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6851   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6852   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6853   */
6854   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6855       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6856   );
6857   if( !aNew ){
6858     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6859   }
6860   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6861   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6862 
6863   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6864   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6865     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6866     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6867       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6868     }else{
6869       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6870     }
6871     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6872     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6873     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6874       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6875     }
6876     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6877       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6878     }
6879     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6880   }
6881   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6882   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6883   return rc;
6884 }
6885 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6886   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6887   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6888 
6889   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6890     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6891   }else{
6892     return SQLITE_OK;
6893   }
6894 }
6895 
6896 
6897 /*
6898 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6899 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6900 ** created savepoint.
6901 **
6902 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6903 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6904 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6905 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6906 **
6907 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6908 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6909 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6910 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6911 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6912 **
6913 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6914 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6915 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6916 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6917 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6918 **
6919 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6920 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6921 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6922 **
6923 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6924 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6925 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6926 */
6927 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6928   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6929 
6930 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6931   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6932 #endif
6933 
6934   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6935   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6936 
6937   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6938     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6939     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6940 
6941     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6942     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6943     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6944     */
6945     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6946     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6947       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6948     }
6949     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6950 
6951     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6952     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6953     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6954       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6955         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6956         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6957           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6958           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6959         }
6960         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6961       }
6962     }
6963     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6964     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6965     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6966     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6967     */
6968     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6969       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6970       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6971       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6972     }
6973 
6974 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6975     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6976     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6977     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6978     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6979     else if(
6980         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6981      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6982     ){
6983       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6984       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6985       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6986     }
6987 #endif
6988   }
6989 
6990   return rc;
6991 }
6992 
6993 /*
6994 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6995 **
6996 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6997 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6998 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6999 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
7000 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7001 ** participate in shared-cache.
7002 */
7003 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
7004   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
7005 }
7006 
7007 /*
7008 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7009 */
7010 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7011   return pPager->pVfs;
7012 }
7013 
7014 /*
7015 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7016 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7017 ** not yet been opened.
7018 */
7019 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7020   return pPager->fd;
7021 }
7022 
7023 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7024 /*
7025 ** Reset the lock timeout for pager.
7026 */
7027 void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){
7028   int x = 0;
7029   sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x);
7030 }
7031 #endif
7032 
7033 /*
7034 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7035 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7036 */
7037 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7038 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7039   return pPager->jfd;
7040 #else
7041   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7042 #endif
7043 }
7044 
7045 /*
7046 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7047 */
7048 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7049   return pPager->zJournal;
7050 }
7051 
7052 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
7053 /*
7054 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
7055 */
7056 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
7057   Pager *pPager,
7058   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
7059   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
7060   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
7061   void *pCodec
7062 ){
7063   if( pPager->xCodecFree ){
7064     pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
7065   }else{
7066     pager_reset(pPager);
7067   }
7068   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
7069   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
7070   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
7071   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
7072   setGetterMethod(pPager);
7073   pagerReportSize(pPager);
7074 }
7075 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
7076   return pPager->pCodec;
7077 }
7078 
7079 /*
7080 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
7081 ** into the log file.
7082 **
7083 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
7084 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
7085 */
7086 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
7087   void *aData = 0;
7088   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
7089   return aData;
7090 }
7091 
7092 /*
7093 ** Return the current pager state
7094 */
7095 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
7096   return pPager->eState;
7097 }
7098 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
7099 
7100 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7101 /*
7102 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7103 **
7104 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7105 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7106 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7107 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7108 **
7109 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7110 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7111 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7112 **
7113 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7114 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7115 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7116 ** transaction is active).
7117 **
7118 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7119 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7120 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7121 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7122 **
7123 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7124 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7125 */
7126 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7127   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7128   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7129   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7130   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7131 
7132   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7133   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7134        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7135   );
7136   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7137 
7138   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7139   ** the page we are moving from.
7140   */
7141   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7142   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7143     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7144     if( rc ) return rc;
7145   }
7146 
7147   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7148   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7149   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7150   **
7151   **   BEGIN;
7152   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7153   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7154   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7155   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7156   **
7157   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7158   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7159   ** statement were is processed.
7160   **
7161   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7162   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7163   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7164   */
7165   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7166    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7167   ){
7168     return rc;
7169   }
7170 
7171   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7172       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7173   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7174 
7175   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7176   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7177   **
7178   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7179   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7180   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7181   */
7182   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7183     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7184     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7185             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7186     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7187   }
7188 
7189   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7190   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7191   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7192   ** for the page moved there.
7193   */
7194   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7195   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7196   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7197   if( pPgOld ){
7198     if( pPgOld->nRef>1 ){
7199       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7200       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7201     }
7202     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7203     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7204       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7205       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7206       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7207     }else{
7208       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7209     }
7210   }
7211 
7212   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7213   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7214   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7215 
7216   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7217   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7218   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7219   */
7220   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7221     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7222     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7223   }
7224 
7225   if( needSyncPgno ){
7226     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7227     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7228     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7229     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7230     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7231     ** flag.
7232     **
7233     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7234     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7235     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7236     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7237     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7238     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7239     */
7240     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7241     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7242     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7243       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7244         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7245         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7246       }
7247       return rc;
7248     }
7249     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7250     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7251     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7252   }
7253 
7254   return SQLITE_OK;
7255 }
7256 #endif
7257 
7258 /*
7259 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7260 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7261 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7262 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7263 */
7264 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7265   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7266   pPg->flags = flags;
7267   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7268 }
7269 
7270 /*
7271 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7272 */
7273 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7274   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7275   return pPg->pData;
7276 }
7277 
7278 /*
7279 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7280 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7281 */
7282 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7283   return pPg->pExtra;
7284 }
7285 
7286 /*
7287 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7288 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7289 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7290 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7291 **
7292 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7293 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7294 ** locking-mode.
7295 */
7296 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7297   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7298             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7299             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7300   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7301   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7302   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7303   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7304     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7305   }
7306   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7307 }
7308 
7309 /*
7310 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7311 **
7312 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7313 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7314 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7315 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7316 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7317 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7318 **
7319 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7320 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7321 **
7322 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7323 **      or _MEMORY.
7324 **
7325 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7326 **
7327 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7328 */
7329 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7330   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7331 
7332   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7333   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7334             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7335             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7336             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7337             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7338             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7339 
7340   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7341   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7342   ** to WAL mode.
7343   */
7344   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7345 
7346   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7347   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7348   */
7349   if( MEMDB ){
7350     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7351     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7352       eMode = eOld;
7353     }
7354   }
7355 
7356   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7357 
7358     /* Change the journal mode. */
7359     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7360     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7361 
7362     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7363     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7364     ** delete the journal file.
7365     */
7366     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7367     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7368     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7369     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7370     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7371     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7372 
7373     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7374     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7375 
7376       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7377       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7378       ** here is an optimization only.
7379       **
7380       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7381       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7382       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7383       */
7384       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7385       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7386         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7387       }else{
7388         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7389         int state = pPager->eState;
7390         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7391         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7392           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7393         }
7394         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7395           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7396           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7397         }
7398         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7399           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7400         }
7401         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7402           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7403         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7404           pager_unlock(pPager);
7405         }
7406         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7407       }
7408     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7409       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7410     }
7411   }
7412 
7413   /* Return the new journal mode */
7414   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7415 }
7416 
7417 /*
7418 ** Return the current journal mode.
7419 */
7420 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7421   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7422 }
7423 
7424 /*
7425 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7426 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7427 ** is unmodified.
7428 */
7429 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7430   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7431   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7432   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7433   return 1;
7434 }
7435 
7436 /*
7437 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7438 **
7439 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7440 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7441 */
7442 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7443   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7444     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7445     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7446   }
7447   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7448 }
7449 
7450 /*
7451 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7452 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7453 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7454 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7455 */
7456 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7457   return &pPager->pBackup;
7458 }
7459 
7460 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7461 /*
7462 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7463 */
7464 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7465   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7466   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7467 }
7468 #endif
7469 
7470 
7471 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7472 /*
7473 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7474 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7475 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7476 **
7477 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7478 */
7479 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7480   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7481   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7482   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7483   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7484   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7485 ){
7486   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7487   if( pPager->pWal ){
7488     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7489         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7490         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7491         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7492         pnLog, pnCkpt
7493     );
7494     sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager);
7495   }
7496   return rc;
7497 }
7498 
7499 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7500   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7501 }
7502 
7503 /*
7504 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7505 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7506 */
7507 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7508   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7509   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7510   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7511 }
7512 
7513 /*
7514 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7515 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7516 */
7517 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7518   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7519 
7520   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7521   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7522   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7523     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7524     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7525     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7526   }
7527 
7528   return rc;
7529 }
7530 
7531 /*
7532 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7533 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7534 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7535 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7536 */
7537 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7538   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7539 
7540   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7541   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7542 
7543   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7544   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7545   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7546   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7547   */
7548   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7549     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7550   }
7551 
7552   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7553   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7554   */
7555   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7556     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7557         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7558         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7559     );
7560   }
7561   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7562 
7563   return rc;
7564 }
7565 
7566 
7567 /*
7568 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7569 ** this function.
7570 **
7571 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7572 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7573 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7574 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7575 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7576 ** not modified in either case.
7577 **
7578 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7579 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7580 ** without doing anything.
7581 */
7582 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7583   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7584   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7585 ){
7586   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7587 
7588   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7589   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7590   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7591   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7592   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7593 
7594   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7595     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7596 
7597     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7598     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7599 
7600     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7602       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7603       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7604     }
7605   }else{
7606     *pbOpen = 1;
7607   }
7608 
7609   return rc;
7610 }
7611 
7612 /*
7613 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7614 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7615 **
7616 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7617 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7618 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7619 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7620 */
7621 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7622   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7623 
7624   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7625 
7626   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7627   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7628   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7629   */
7630   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7631     int logexists = 0;
7632     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7633     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7634       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7635           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7636       );
7637     }
7638     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7639       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7640     }
7641   }
7642 
7643   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7644   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7645   */
7646   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7647     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7648     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7649       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7650                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7651       pPager->pWal = 0;
7652       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7653       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7654     }
7655   }
7656   return rc;
7657 }
7658 
7659 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7660 /*
7661 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7662 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7663 */
7664 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7665   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7666   if( pPager->pWal ){
7667     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7668   }
7669   return rc;
7670 }
7671 
7672 /*
7673 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7674 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7675 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7676 */
7677 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7678   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7679   if( pPager->pWal ){
7680     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7681   }else{
7682     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7683   }
7684   return rc;
7685 }
7686 
7687 /*
7688 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7689 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7690 */
7691 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7692   int rc;
7693   if( pPager->pWal ){
7694     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7695   }else{
7696     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7697   }
7698   return rc;
7699 }
7700 
7701 /*
7702 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7703 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7704 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7705 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7706 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7707 **
7708 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7709 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7710 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7711 ** lock is released before returning.
7712 */
7713 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7714   int rc;
7715   if( pPager->pWal ){
7716     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7717   }else{
7718     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7719   }
7720   return rc;
7721 }
7722 
7723 /*
7724 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7725 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7726 */
7727 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7728   assert( pPager->pWal );
7729   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7730 }
7731 
7732 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7733 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7734 
7735 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7736 /*
7737 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7738 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7739 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7740 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7741 ** is empty, return 0.
7742 */
7743 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7744   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7745   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7746 }
7747 #endif
7748 
7749 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7750